]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
man: update systemctl man page for unit file commands, in particular "systemctl enable"
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
5cd118ba
MP
3CHANGES WITH 231:
4
fcd30826
LP
5 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
6 with an additional special character as first argument of the
7 assigned value: if the character '!' is used the specified command
8 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
9 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
10 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
11 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
12 independently.
13
14 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
15 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
16
17 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
18 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
19 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
20 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 21 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
22 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
23 values.
24
25 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
26 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
27 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
28 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
29 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
30
31 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
32 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
33 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
34 7:10am every day.
35
36 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
37 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
38 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
39 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
40 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
41 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
42 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
43 available for compatibility.
44
45 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
46 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
47 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
48 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
49 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
50 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
51
52 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
53 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
54 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
55 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
56 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
57 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
58 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
59 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
60 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
61
62 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
63 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
64 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
65 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
66 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
67 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
68 desired options.
69
fcd30826
LP
70 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
71 cgroupsv2.
72
73 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
74 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
75 limited to subgroups of that group.
76
77 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
78 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
79 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 80 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
81 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
82 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
83 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
84 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
85
86 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
87 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
88 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
89 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
90 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
91 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
92 own long-running services.
93
94 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
95 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
96 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
97 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
98
99 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
100 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
101 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
102 propagates this notification further to the service manager
103 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
104 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
105 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
106 primitives.
107
108 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
109 "terminate".
110
111 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
112 link-local IPv6 addresses.
113
114 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
115 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
116 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
117 --flush-caches".
118
771de3f5 119 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
120 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
121 is shown.
122
123 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
124 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
125 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 126 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
127 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
128 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
129
130 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
131 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
132 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
133 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
134 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
135 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
136 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
137 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
138 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
139 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
140 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
141 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
142 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
143 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
144 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
145 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
146 bus API instead.
147
148 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
149 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
150 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
151 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
152
153 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
154 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
155 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
156 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
157
158 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
159 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
160 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
161
162 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
163 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
164
165 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
166 interface configuration.
167
168 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
169 specifying the --force switch.
170
171 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
172 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
173 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
174
43a569a1
ZJS
175 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
176 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
177 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
178 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
179 ordering dependecies to ensure that if the package is installed in
180 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
181 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
182 to be handled.
183
184 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
185 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
186
187 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
188 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
189
190 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
191 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
192 of persistent symlinks for that device.
193
194 * The change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
195 to make them available to logged in users has been reverted.
196
fcd30826
LP
197 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
198 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
199 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
200 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
201 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
202 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
203 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physcial
204 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
205 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
206 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 207
fec46f48
LP
208 Contributions from: Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor Bogani, Alexander
209 Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika Triwidada, Andreas
210 Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar Burchardt, Atrotors,
211 Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke,
212 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
213 Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Evgeny
771de3f5
ZJS
214 Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
215 Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan Janssen,
216 Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke Witteveen, Kai
217 Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart Poettering, Luca
218 Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel Holtmann, Martin
219 Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov, Michael Biebl,
220 Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal
221 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran, Otto
222 Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier, Rusty
223 Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
224 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
225 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
226 Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba
MP
227
228 — Somewhere, 2016-XX-XX
229
46e40fab 230CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 231
61ecb465
LP
232 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
233 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
234 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
235 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
236 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
237 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
238 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
239 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
240 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 241 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
242 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
243 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
244 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
245 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
246 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
247 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
248 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
249 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
250 applications.)
61ecb465 251
96515dbf 252 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 253 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 254 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 255
97e5530c
ZJS
256 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
257 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 258 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
259 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
260 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
261 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
262 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
263
264 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
265 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
266 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 267 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 268 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 269 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
270
271 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
272 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
273 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
274 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
275 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
276 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 277
95365a57 278 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 279 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 280
e75690c3
ZJS
281 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
282 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 283 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
284
285 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
286
96515dbf 287 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 288 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
289 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
290 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
291 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 292
96515dbf
ZJS
293 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
294 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
295 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 296 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 297
e40a326c
LP
298 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
299 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
300 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
301 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
302 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
303 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 304
e40a326c
LP
305 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
306 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
307 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
308
309 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
310 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
311 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
312 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
313 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
314 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
315
316 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
317 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
318 address.
319
320 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
321 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
322 should be emitted.
96515dbf 323
e40a326c 324 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
325 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
326 supported.
327
e40a326c
LP
328 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
329 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
330 logging performance.
96515dbf 331
e75690c3
ZJS
332 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
333 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
334 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
335 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
336 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
337 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
338
339 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
340 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
341 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
342 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
343
e40a326c
LP
344 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
345 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
346
347 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
348 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
349 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
350
e75690c3 351 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
352
353 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
354 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
355 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
356 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 357
e75690c3
ZJS
358 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
359 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
360 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
361 refuse to operate on such files.
362
e40a326c
LP
363 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
364 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
365 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
366
367 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
368 just hidden container images.
369
e40a326c
LP
370 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
371 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
372
e40a326c
LP
373 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
374 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
375 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
376 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
377 --private-user-chown switch. It also gained support for automatically
378 choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when starting a
379 container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which implies
380 --private-user-chown). Together, these options for the first time
381 make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and thus
e81f2539 382 deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has been
e40a326c
LP
383 changed to use this functionality by default.
384
25b0e6cb
LP
385 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
386 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
387 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
388 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
389 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
390 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
391 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
392 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
393 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
394 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
395 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
396 terminates.
397
e40a326c 398 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
399 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
400 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
401 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 402
030bd839 403 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
404 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
405 rate of the socket unit.
406
407 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
408 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
409 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
410 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
411 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
412
999a43f8
LP
413 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
414 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
415 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 416 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
417 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
418 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
419 with this.
420
e75690c3
ZJS
421 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
422 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
423
424 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
425 merged into the kernel in its current form.
426
427 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
428 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
429 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
430 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
431 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
432
433 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
434 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
435 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
436
4f9020fa
DR
437 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
438 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
439 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
440 target is now included in early userspace.
441
e75690c3
ZJS
442 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
443 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
444 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
445 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
446 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
447 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
448 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
449 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
450 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
451 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
452 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
453 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
454 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
455 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
456 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
457 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
458 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
459 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
460 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
461 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
462 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
463 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
464 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
465 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
466 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
467 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 468
46e40fab 469 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 470
61f32bff
MP
471CHANGES WITH 229:
472
d5f8b295
LP
473 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
474 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
475 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
476 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
477 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
478 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
479 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
480 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
481 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
482 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
483 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
484 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
485 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
486
487 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
488 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
489 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
490 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
491
492 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
493 devices.
494
a7c723c0
LP
495 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
496 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
497 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
498 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
499 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
500 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
501 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
502 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
503 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
504 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
505 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
506 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
507 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
508 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
509 this limit.
510
511 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
512 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
513 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
514 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
515 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
516 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
517 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
518 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
519
520 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
521 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
522 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
523 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
524 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
525 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
526 and group at package installation time.
527
d5f8b295
LP
528 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
529 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
530 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
531 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
532 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
533
8968aea0
MP
534 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
535 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
536 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
537 supports it.
538
539 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
540 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
541
542 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
543 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
544 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
545 file is already initialized.
546
547 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
548 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
549 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
550 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
551 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
552 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
553 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
554 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
555 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
556
557 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
558 working directory for the process started in the container.
559
ed5f8840
ZJS
560 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
561 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
562 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
563 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
564 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
565
566 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
567 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
568 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
569
570 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
571 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
572 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
573 sd_journal_restart_fields().
574
575 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
576 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
577 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
578 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
579 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
580
581 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
582 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
583 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
584 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
585
586 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
587 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
588 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
589 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
590 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
591 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
592 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
593 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 594 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
595 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
596 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
597 by PID 1.
598
50f48ad3
DM
599 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
600 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
601 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
602 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
603 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
604 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
605 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
606 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
607
608 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
609
d5f8b295 610 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 611 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
612 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
613
8968aea0
MP
614 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
615 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
616 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
617 recent kernels.
618
619 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
620 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
621
8968aea0 622 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
623 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
624 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
625 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
626 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
627 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
628 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
629 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
630 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
631 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 632 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
633 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
634 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
635
636 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
637 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
638 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
639 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
640
641 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
642
643 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
644 sockets.
645
646 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
647
648 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
649 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
650 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
651 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
652 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
653 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
654
655 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
656 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
657 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
658
659 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
660 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
661 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
662 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
663
664 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 665
3545ab35
LP
666 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
667 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
668 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
669 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
670 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
671 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
672 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
673 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
674 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
675 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
676 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
677 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
678 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
679 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
680 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
681 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
682 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
683 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
684 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
685
ccddd104 686 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 687
a11c7ea5
LP
688CHANGES WITH 228:
689
a11c7ea5
LP
690 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
691 files are now also available as properties to set when
692 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
693 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
694 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
695 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
696 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
697 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
698 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
699
28c85daf
LP
700 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
701 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
702 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 703
f1f8a5a5
LP
704 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
705 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
706 created transiently.
707
a11c7ea5
LP
708 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
709 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
710 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
711 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
712 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 713 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
714 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
715 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
716
28c85daf
LP
717 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
718 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
719 disk and sync the files, before returning.
720
a11c7ea5
LP
721 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
722 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
723 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
724 enabled.
725
f1f8a5a5
LP
726 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
727 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
728 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
729 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
730 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
731 subvolumes.
732
a11c7ea5
LP
733 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
734 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
735
28c85daf 736 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
737 individual indexes.
738
28c85daf
LP
739 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
740 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
741 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
742 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
743 suffixes now.
744
f1f8a5a5
LP
745 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
746 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
747 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
748 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
749 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
750 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
751 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
752 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
753 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
754 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
755 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
756 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
757 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
758 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
759 number of processes or tasks each user may own
760 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
761 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
762 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
763 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
764 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
765 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
766
28c85daf
LP
767 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
768 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
769 links between the host and the container.
770
771 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
772 added that allows importing select environment variables
773 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
774 the service.
775
ddb4b0d3 776 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 777 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
778 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
779 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
780 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
781 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
782 than until they first elapse.
783
a11c7ea5 784 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
785 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
786 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
787 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
788 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
789 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
790 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
791 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
792
28c85daf
LP
793 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
794 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
795 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
796 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
797 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
798 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
799 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 800 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
801 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
802 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 803
28c85daf
LP
804 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
805 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
806 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 807 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
808 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
809 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
810 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
811 software you package still references it, as this is a
812 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
813 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
814
815 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 816
d5bd92bb
LP
817 Note that only util-linux versions built with
818 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
819
a11c7ea5
LP
820 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
821 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
822 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
823
b9e2f7eb
LP
824 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
825 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
826 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
827 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
828 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
829 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
830 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
831 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
832 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
833 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
834 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
835 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
836 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
837 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
838 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
839 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
840
841 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
842 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
843 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
844 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
845 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
846 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
847 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
848 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
849 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
850 surprises.
851
28c85daf
LP
852 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
853 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
854 to the various user database fields of the user that the
855 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
856 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
857 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
858 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
859 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
860 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
861 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
862 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
863 hence useless. Morever, even in the --user instance of
864 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
865 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
866 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
867 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
868 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
869 of PID 1 is the root user).
870
871 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
872 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
873 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
874 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
875 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
876 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
877 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
878 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
879 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
880 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
881 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
882 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
883 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
884 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
885 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 886
ccddd104 887 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 888
c97e586d
DM
889CHANGES WITH 227:
890
891 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
892 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
893 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
894
895 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
896 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
897 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
898 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
899 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
900 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
901
d046fb93
LP
902 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
903 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
904 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
905 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 906 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
907
908 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
909 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
910 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
911 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
912 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
913 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
914
915 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 916 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
917 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
918 automatically.
919
21d86c61
DM
920 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
921 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
922 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
923
924 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
925 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
926 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
927 for disk IO.
928
929 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
930 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
931 removed.
932
d046fb93
LP
933 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
934 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
935 directory is set to the home directory of the user
936 configured in User=.
21d86c61 937
fe08a30b
LP
938 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
939 directory of the selected user by default.
940
21d86c61 941 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
942 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
943 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
944 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
945 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
946 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
947 compat reasons.
21d86c61 948
fe08a30b 949 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 950 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
951 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
952 units.
953
954 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
955 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
956 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
957 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
958 level.
959
960 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
961 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
962 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
963 namespaces work correctly.
964
965 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
966 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
967 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 968 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
969 activation.
970
971 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
972 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
973 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
974 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
975 system instance in a container.
976
977 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
978 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
979 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
980 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
981 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
982 connections.
983
984 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
985 show the control groups within a certain container only.
986
987 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
988 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
989 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
990 processes attached, or similar.
991
bdba9227
DM
992 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
993 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
994 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
995
996 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
997 specifiers like %i or %f.
998
fe08a30b
LP
999 * A new (still internal) libary API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
1000 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1001 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1002 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1003
bdba9227
DM
1004 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1005 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1006 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1007 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1008 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1009 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1010
d046fb93
LP
1011 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1012
0053598f 1013 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1014 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1015
1016 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1017 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1018
1019 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1020 .network files.
fe08a30b 1021
bdba9227
DM
1022 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1023 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1024 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1025 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1026 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1027 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1028 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1029 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1030 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1031 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1032 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1033 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1034 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1035 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1036 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1037
1038 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1039 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1040 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1041 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1042
91d0d699
LP
1043 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1044 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1045 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1046 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1047
1048 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1049 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1050 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1051 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1052 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1053 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1054
d046fb93
LP
1055 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1056 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1057 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1058 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1059 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1060 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1061 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1062 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1063 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1064 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1065 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1066
bdba9227
DM
1067 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1068 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1069
efce0ffe 1070 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1071
61e6771c
LP
1072 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1073 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1074 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1075 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1076 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1077 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1078 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1079 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1080 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1081 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1082 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1083 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1084 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1085 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1086 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1087 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1088 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1089 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1090
ccddd104 1091 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1092
c9912c5e
DH
1093CHANGES WITH 226:
1094
5e8d4254
LP
1095 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1096 new features:
1097
1098 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1099 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1100 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1101 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1102 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1103 is any) is propagated.
1104
1105 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1106 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1107 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1108 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1109 information is enabled between host and containers by
1110 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1111 to what the host has set.
1112
1113 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1114 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1115
1116 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1117 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1118 information back, even if the server loses state.
1119
1120 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1121 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1122 PoolSize=.
1123
1124 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1125 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1126 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1127 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1128
1129 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1130 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1131 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1132 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1133 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1134
1135 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1136 for virtio devices.
1137
1138 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1139 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1140 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1141 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1142 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1143 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1144 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1145 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1146 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1147 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1148 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1149 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1150 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1151 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1152 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1153 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1154 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1155 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1156 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1157 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1158 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1159 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1160 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1161 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1162 grants them.
1163
1164 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1165 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1166 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1167 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1168 group tree.
1169
1170 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1171 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1172 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1173 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1174 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1175 work correctly in containers now.
1176
1177 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1178 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1179
c626bf1d
DM
1180 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1181 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1182 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1183 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1184 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1185
1186 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1187 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1188 signal events.
1189
1190 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1191 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1192 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1193 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1194 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1195
47f5a38c
LP
1196 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1197 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1198 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1199 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1200 nspawn command line.
1201
2f77decc
LP
1202 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1203 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1204 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1205 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1206 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1207 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1208 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1209 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1210
ccddd104 1211 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1212
ec5249a2
DM
1213CHANGES WITH 225:
1214
5e8d4254
LP
1215 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1216 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1217 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1218 shell directly without prompting for username or
1219 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1220 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1221 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1222 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1223 the originating session.
1224
1225 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1226 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1227
1228 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1229 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1230 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1231 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1232 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1233 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1234 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1235 this release.
1236
1237 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1238 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1239 messages.
1240
1241 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1242 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1243 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1244
1245 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1246 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1247
1248 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1249 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1250 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1251 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1252 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1253 posteriori.
1254
1255 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1256 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1257
1258 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1259 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1260 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1261 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1262 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1263 "lastlog" tools.
1264
1265 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1266 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1267 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1268 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1269 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1270
1271 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1272 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1273 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1274 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1275 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1276 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1277 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1278 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1279 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1280 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1281 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1282 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1283
ccddd104 1284 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 1285
11811e85
DH
1286CHANGES WITH 224:
1287
10fa421c
DH
1288 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
1289 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1290
5e8d4254
LP
1291 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
1292 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
1293 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 1294
11811e85
DH
1295 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
1296 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
1297 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
1298
ccddd104 1299 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 1300
e57eaef8
DH
1301CHANGES WITH 223:
1302
1303 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
1304 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
1305 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
1306 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1307
01608bc8 1308 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
1309 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
1310
1311 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
1312 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
1313
931618d0
DM
1314 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
1315
1316 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 1317 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
1318 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
1319
1320 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
1321 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
1322 decapsulated packet.
1323
1324 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
1325 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
1326 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
1327 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
1328 netlink attribute.
1329
1330 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
1331 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
1332 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
1333 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
1334
1335 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
1336 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
1337 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 1338
f5f113f6
DH
1339 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
1340 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
1341
e57eaef8 1342 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 1343 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
1344 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
1345
1346 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
1347 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
1348 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
1349 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
1350 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
1351 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
1352
1353 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
1354 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1355 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
1356 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1357 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
1358 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
1359 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
1360 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
1361 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
1362 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1363
ccddd104 1364 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 1365
0db83ad7 1366CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 1367
861b02eb
KS
1368 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
1369 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
1370 or should be used to work around such bugs.
1371
1372 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
1373 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
1374
1375 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
1376 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
1377 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
1378 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
1379 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
1380
5541c889
DH
1381 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
1382 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
1383 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
1384
9b361114
DM
1385 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
1386 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
1387 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
1388 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
1389 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
1390
1391 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1392
0db83ad7
DH
1393 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
1394 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
1395 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
1396 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
1397 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
1398 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
1399 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
1400 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
1401 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1402 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 1403
ccddd104 1404 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 1405
0f0467e6
MP
1406CHANGES WITH 221:
1407
470e72d4 1408 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 1409 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
1410 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
1411 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
1412 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
1413 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
1414 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 1415 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
1416 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
1417 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 1418 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 1419
470e72d4
LP
1420 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
1421 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
1422 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 1423 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
1424 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
1425 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
1426 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
1427 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 1428 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
1429 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
1430 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 1431
470e72d4
LP
1432 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
1433 2.26.
1434
1435 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 1436 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
1437 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
1438 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
1439 in README for details.
1440
1441 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
1442 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
1443 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
1444 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
1445 unit.
1446
1447 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
1448 into man pages.
1449
1450 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
1451 external project.
1452
1453 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 1454 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
1455
1456 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
1457 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
1458 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
1459 state.
1460
1461 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
1462 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
1463 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
1464
1465 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
1466 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
1467 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
1468 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
1469 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
1470 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
1471 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
1472 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
1473 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
1474 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1475 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
1476 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
1477 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
1478 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1479 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
1480 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 1481
ccddd104 1482 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 1483
481a0aa2
LP
1484CHANGES WITH 220:
1485
f7a73a25
DH
1486 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
1487 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
1488 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
1489 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
1490 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
1491 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
1492 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
1493 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
1494
481a0aa2
LP
1495 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
1496 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
1497 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
1498 service consumed). This value is only available if
1499 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
1500 in the "systemctl status" output.
1501
1502 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
1503 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 1504 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
1505 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
1506 previously was already the default behaviour).
1507
1508 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
1509 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
1510 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
1511
1512 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
1513 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 1514 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
1515 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
1516
1517 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
1518 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
1519 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1520 journalling file systems that support external journal
1521 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1522 systems to be mounted.
1523
1524 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1525 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1526 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1527 stable release this should not be problematic.
1528
1529 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1530 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1531 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1532 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1533 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1534
1535 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1536 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1537 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1538 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1539 network switches.
1540
1541 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1542 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1543
1544 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1545 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1546 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1547
1548 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1549
1579dd2c
LP
1550 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1551 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1552 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1553 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1554 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1555 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1556 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1557 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1558 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1559 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1560 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1561 been fixed in v220.
1562
481a0aa2
LP
1563 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1564 systemd-networkd.
1565
1566 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1567 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
1568 setting resource parameters (e.g "CPUShares=500") on
1569 containers started from the command line.
1570
1571 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1572 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1573
1574 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1575 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1576 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1577 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1578
1579 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1580 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1581 when shutting down.
1582
1583 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1584 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1585 overlayfs support.
1586
1587 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1588 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1589 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1590 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1591 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1592 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1593 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1594
1595 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1596 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1597 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
1598
1599 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
1600 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
1601 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
1602 of v1 as before).
1603
1604 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
1605 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
1606
1607 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
1608 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
1609 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
1610 their own sessions without further privileges or
1611 authorization.
1612
1613 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
1614 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
1615 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
1616 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
1617 accessible via a bus interface.
1618
1619 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
1620 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
1621 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
1622 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
1623 to cover this functionality.
1624
1625 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 1626 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
1627 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
1628 disabled/masked also stopped.
1629
1630 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
1631 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
1632 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
1633
1634 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
1635 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
1636 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
1637 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
1638 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 1639 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
1640 like this and can extract OS release information from them
1641 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
1642 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
1643
1644 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
1645 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
1646 system.
1647
1648 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
1649 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
1650 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
1651 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
1652 device symlinks.
1653
1654 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
1655 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
1656 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
1657 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
1658
1659 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
1660 stick devices has been added.
1661
1662 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
1663 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
1664
1665 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
1666 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
1667 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
1668 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
1669 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
1670
1671 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
1672 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
1673 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
1674
1675 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
1676 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
1677 Debian.
1678
1679 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
1680 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
1681 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
1682
1683 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
1684 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
1685 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
1686 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
1687 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
1688 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
1689 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
1690 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1691 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
1692 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
1693 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1694 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
1695 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
1696 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
1697 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
1698 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
1699 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
1700 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1701 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
1702 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
1703 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
1704 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
1705 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
1706 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
1707 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
1708 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
1709 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1710
ccddd104 1711 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 1712
615aaf41
LP
1713CHANGES WITH 219:
1714
615aaf41
LP
1715 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
1716 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
1717 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
1718 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
1719 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
1720 interface with and update the database.
1721
1722 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
1723 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
1724 before bytewise copying is done.
1725
1726 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
1727 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
1728 directory, and immediately removed when the container
1729 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
1730 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
1731 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
1732 for starting a container off the root file system of the
1733 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
1734 available on btrfs file systems.
1735
1736 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
1737 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 1738 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
1739 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
1740 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
1741 systems.
1742
1743 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
1744 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
1745 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
1746 mount point remains.
1747
1748 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
1749 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
1750 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
1751 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
1752 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
1753 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
1754 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
1755 are disabled.
1756
1757 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
1758 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
1759 container to the host or vice versa.
1760
1761 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
1762 mount host directories into local containers. This is
1763 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
1764
1765 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
1766 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
1767
1768 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
1769 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
1770 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
1771 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
1772 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
1773 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
1774 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
1775 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
1776 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 1777 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
1778 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
1779 make the functionality of importd available to the
1780 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
1781 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
1782 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
1783 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
1784 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
1785 only fully supported on btrfs.
1786
1787 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
1788 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
1789 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
1790 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
1791 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
1792 information about images.
1793
1794 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
1795 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 1796 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
1797 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
1798 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
1799 legacy file systems).
1800
1801 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
1802 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
1803 shown in networkctl output.
1804
1805 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
1806 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
1807 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
1808 processes as system services while interactively
1809 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
1810 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
1811 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
1812 full login session, the difference being that the former
1813 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
1814 setup.
1815
1816 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
1817 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
1818 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
1819 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
1820 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
1821
1822 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
1823 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
1824 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
1825 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
1826 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
1827 via qemu/kvm.
1828
1829 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
1830 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
1831 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
1832 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
1833 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
1834 disk images, too.
1835
1836 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
1837 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
1838 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
1839 integrate with that.
1840
1841 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
1842 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
1843 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
1844 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
1845
1846 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
1847 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
1848 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
1849
1850 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
1851 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
1852 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
1853 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
1854 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
1855 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
1856 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
1857 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
1858 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
1859 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
1860
1861 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
1862 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
1863 files.
1864
1865 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
1866 per-service in PID 1.This is useful for daemons to ensure
1867 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 1868 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
1869 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
1870 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
1871 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
1872 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
1873 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
1874 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
1875 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
1876 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
1877 explicitly turned on.
1878
1879 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
1880 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
1881 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
1882 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
1883
1884 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
1885 supported.
1886
1887 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
1888 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
1889 user/session following the status output. Similar,
1890 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
1891 associated with a virtual machine or container
1892 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
1893 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
1894 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
1895 output however.)
1896
1897 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
1898 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
1899 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
1900 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
1901 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
1902 caller's session/user.
1903
1904 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
1905 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
1906 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
1907 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
1908 user services.
1909
1910 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
1911 same way as unit files.
1912
1913 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
1914 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
1915 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
1916 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
1917 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
1918 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
1919 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
1920 the host.
1921
1922 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
1923 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
1924 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
1925 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
1926 the host as if their services were running directly on the
1927 host.
1928
dd2fd155 1929 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
1930 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
1931 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
1932 updated to make use of it too by default.
1933
1934 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
1935 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
1936 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
1937 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
1938
1939 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
1940 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
1941 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
1942 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
1943 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
1944 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
1945 modification.
1946
1947 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
1948 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
1949 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 1950 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
1951 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
1952 information about Touchpad types.
1953
1954 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
1955 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
1956
1957 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
1958 Policy link field.
1959
1960 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
1961 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
1962
1963 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
1964 ACLs on files.
1965
1966 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
1967 tmpfs, automatically.
1968
1969 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
1970 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
1971 status" output, if available.
1972
1973 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
1974 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
1975 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
1976 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
1977 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
1978 run on next reboot.
1979
1980 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
1981 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
1982 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
1983 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
1984 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
1985 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
1986 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
1987
1988 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
1989 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
1990 after a configurable timeout.
1991
1992 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
1993 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
1994 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
1995 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
1996 it non-idle.
1997
1998 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
1999 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2000
2001 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2002 each .network interface in networkd.
2003
2004 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2005 in .network files.
2006
2007 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2008 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2009
11ea2781 2010 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2011 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2012 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2013 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2014 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2015 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2016 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2017 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2018 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2019 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2020 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2021 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2022 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2023 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2024 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2025 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2026 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2027 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2028 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2029 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2030 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2031 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2032 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2033 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2034
ccddd104 2035 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2036
d4f5a1f4
DH
2037CHANGES WITH 218:
2038
f9e00a9f
LP
2039 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2040 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2041 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2042 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2043
2044 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2045 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2046 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2047 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2048 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2049
2050 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2051
2052 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2053 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2054 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2055 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2056 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2057 modified configuration after editing.
2058
2059 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2060 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2061 system preset files.
2062
2063 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2064 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2065 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2066 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2067 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2068 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2069 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2070 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2071 other contexts.
2072
2073 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2074 inhibitors.
2075
122676c9 2076 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2077 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2078 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2079 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2080 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2081
2082 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2083 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2084 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2085 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2086 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2087 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2088 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2089 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2090 parallel to journald.
2091
2092 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2093 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2094 available.
2095
2096 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2097 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2098 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2099 or are not older than the specified time.
2100
2101 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2102 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2103 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2104 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2105
2106 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2107 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2108 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2109 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2110 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2111 communication.
2112
2113 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2114 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2115 services.
2116
2117 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2118 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2119 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2120 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2121 the new "busctl tree" command.
2122
2123 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2124 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2125 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2126 friendly way.
2127
2128 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2129 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2130 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2131 race-ful way.
2132
2133 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2134 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2135 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2136 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2137 --link-journal=try-guest.
2138
2139 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2140 stable MAC addresses.
2141
2142 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2143 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2144 the respective unit shall use.
2145
d4f5a1f4
DH
2146 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2147 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2148 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2149 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2150
b938cb90 2151 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2152 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2153 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2154 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2155 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2156 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2157
17c29493 2158 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2159 details see:
2160
2161 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2162
2163 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2164 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2165 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2166 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2167 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2168 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2169 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2170 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2171 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2172 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2173 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2174 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2175
f9e00a9f
LP
2176 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2177 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2178 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2179 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2180 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2181
2182 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2183 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2184 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2185 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2186 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2187 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2188 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2189 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2190
2191 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2192 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2193 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2194 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2195 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2196 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2197 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2198 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2199 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2200 interface.
2201
2202 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2203 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2204 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2205 luks.name= argument.
2206
2207 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2208 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2209 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2210 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2211 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2212 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2213
2214 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2215 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2216 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2217
13e92f39
LP
2218 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2219 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2220 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2221 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2222 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2223 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2224 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2225 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2226 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2227 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2228 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2229 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2230 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2231 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2232 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2233 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2234 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2235 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2236
ccddd104 2237 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2238
b62a309a
ZJS
2239CHANGES WITH 217:
2240
78b6b7ce
LP
2241 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2242 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2243 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2244 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2245
a65b8245
ZJS
2246 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2247 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2248 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2249 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2250
b62a309a
ZJS
2251 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2252 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2253 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2254 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2255 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2256 connection.
b62a309a 2257
78b6b7ce
LP
2258 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2259 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2260
2261 * User units are now loaded also from
2262 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2263 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2264 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2265
4ffd29fd
LP
2266 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2267 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2268 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2269 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2270 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2271 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2272 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2273 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2274 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2275 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2276 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2277 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2278 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2279 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2280 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2281 question.
2282
b62a309a
ZJS
2283 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2284 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
2285 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
2286
2287 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
2288 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
2289 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 2290 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 2291
78b6b7ce
LP
2292 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
2293 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
2294 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 2295 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
2296
2297 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
2298 systemd-networkd.
2299
ba8df74b 2300 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 2301 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
2302 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
2303
2304 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
2305 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
2306
2307 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
2308 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
2309 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
2310
78b6b7ce 2311 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 2312
4bdc60cb 2313 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 2314 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 2315 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
2316 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
2317 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
2318 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 2319
c4ac9900 2320 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
2321 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
2322 respected.
2323
2324 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
2325 virtualization.
2326
2327 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 2328 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
2329 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
2330 on.
b62a309a 2331
e6c253e3
MS
2332 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
2333
2334 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
2335
ba8df74b
KS
2336 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
2337 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
2338 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
2339 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
2340 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
2341 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
2342 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
2343
4bdc60cb
LP
2344 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
2345 available for service units, that allows locking all service
2346 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
2347 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
2348 from the service's view entirely.
2349
2350 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
2351 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
2352
2353 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
2354 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
2355 session.
2356
2357 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
2358 legacy-free systems.
2359
78b6b7ce
LP
2360 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
2361 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
2362 easily.
2363
2364 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
2365 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
2366 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
2367 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
2368 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
2369 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
2370 option.
2371
2372 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 2373 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
2374 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
2375 /usr.
2376
f6d1de85 2377 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
2378 services, not only the main process.
2379
2380 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
2381 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
2382 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
2383 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
2384 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
2385
3769415e
TT
2386 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
2387 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
2388 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
2389 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
2390 directly from now on, again.
2391
fae9332b
LP
2392 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
2393 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
2394 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
2395 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 2396 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
2397 unit file enabling and disabling.
2398
cfa1571b
LP
2399 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
2400 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
2401 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
2402 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
2403 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
2404 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
2405 unnecessary or unlikely.
2406
7e63dd10
LP
2407 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
2408 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 2409 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
2410 "anually", "hourly", ...).
2411
d4474c41
TG
2412 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
2413 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
2414 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
2415 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
2416 overwritten at runtime.
2417
3b187c5c
LP
2418 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
2419 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
2420 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
2421 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
2422 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
2423 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
2424 segmentation fault.
2425
4b08dd87
LP
2426 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
2427 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
2428 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2429 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
2430 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
2431 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
2432 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
2433 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
2434 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
2435 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
2436 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
2437 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2438 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
2439 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
2440 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
2441 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
2442 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
2443 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
2444 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2445 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2446 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 2447 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 2448
ccddd104 2449 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 2450
b72ddf0f 2451CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
2452
2453 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 2454 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
2455 implementations should add a
2456
b72ddf0f 2457 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
2458
2459 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
2460 default functionality.
2461
2462 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
2463 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
2464 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
2465 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
2466 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
2467 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
2468 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
2469 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
2470 files might need to be owned by them. A new
2471 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
2472 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
2473 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
2474 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
2475
2476 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 2477 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
2478 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
2479 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
2480 expected to be added eventually, too.
2481
2482 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
2483 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
2484 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
2485 new command to update these fields.
2486
2487 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
2488 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
2489 have been discovered via DHCP.
2490
2491 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
2492 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
2493 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
2494 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
2495 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
2496 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
2497 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
2498 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 2499 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
2500 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
2501 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
2502 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 2503 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
2504 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
2505 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
2506 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
2507 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
2508 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
2509 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
2510 implementation to systemd-resolved.
2511
2512 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
2513 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
2514 containers to their respective IP addresses.
2515
2516 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
2517 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
2518 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 2519 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
2520 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2521 control utility for networkd.
2522
2523 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2524 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 2525 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
2526 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2527 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2528 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2529 (NoDelay=).
2530
a1a4a25e 2531 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
2532 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2533
2534 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2535 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2536 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2537 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2538 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2539 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2540
2541 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2542 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2543 of the link.
2544
2545 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2546 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2547
2548 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2549 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2550
2551 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
2552 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2553 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2554 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
2555
2556 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2557 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2558 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2559 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2560 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2561 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2562 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2563 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2564
2565 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2566 validation of unit files.
2567
2568 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2569 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2570 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2571 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2572 address may now be configured.
2573
26568403
TG
2574 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2575 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2576 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2577 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2578
2579 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2580 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2581
2582 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2583 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2584 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2585 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2586
b2ca0d63
LP
2587 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2588 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2589 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2590 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2591 implementation.
2592
2593 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2594 journal data to a remote system running
2595 systemd-journal-remote.
2596
2597 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
2598 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
2599 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
2600 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
2601 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 2602 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
2603 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
2604 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
2605 version, you have to turn this option on again
2606 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
2607
2608 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
2609 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
2610 better than XZ which was the previous default.
2611
2612 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
2613 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
2614
2615 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
2616 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
2617
2618 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
2619 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
2620 "systemctl status" output for a service.
2621
2622 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
2623 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 2624 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
2625 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
2626 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
2627
01da80b1
LP
2628 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
2629
2630 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
2631
2632 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
2633 when primary addresses are removed.
2634
b2ca0d63
LP
2635 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
2636 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
2637 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
2638 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
2639 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
2640 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
2641 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2642 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2643 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
2644 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
2645 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
2646 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
2647 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
2648 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
2649 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2650
ccddd104 2651 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 2652
3dff3e00 2653CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
2654
2655 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
2656 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
2657 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
2658 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
2659 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
2660 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
2661 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
2662 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
2663 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
2664 require.
2665
2666 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
2667 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
2668
2669 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
2670 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
2671 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
2672 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
2673 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
2674 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
2675 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
2676
2677 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
2678 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
2679 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
2680 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
2681 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
2682 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
2683 update or reset should use this condition and order
2684 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
2685 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
2686 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
2687 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
2688 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
2689 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
2690 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 2691 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
2692 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
2693
2694 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
2695
2696 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
2697 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
2698 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
2699 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
2700
24a2bf4c
LP
2701 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
2702 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
2703 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
2704 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
2705 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
2706 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
2707 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
2708 .network files using settings of this section should be
2709 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
2710 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 2711
c7435cc9
LP
2712 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
2713 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
2714
2715 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
2716 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
2717 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
2718 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
2719 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
2720 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
2721 of nspawn instances.
2722
2723 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
2724 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
2725 added.
2726
2727 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
2728 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
2729 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
2730 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
2731 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
2732 configuration stored in /etc.
2733
2734 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
2735 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
2736 parsing of unknown mount options.
2737
2738 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
2739 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
2740 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 2741 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
2742 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
2743 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
2744 pre-existing files of different types.
2745
2746 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
2747 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 2748 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
2749 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
2750 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
2751 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
2752 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
2753
2754 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
2755 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
2756 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
2757 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
2758 shall be executed.
2759
2760 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
2761 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 2762 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
2763
2764 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
2765 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
2766 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
2767 reset.
2768
2769 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
2770 most basic services systemd ships by default.
2771
2772 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
2773 field for defining the default instance to create if a
2774 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
2775
2776 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
2777 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
2778 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
2779
2780 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
2781 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
2782 access to this group.
2783
2784 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
2785 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
2786 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
2787 to the journal.
2788
2789 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
2790 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
2791 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
2792 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
2793 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
2794 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
2795
2796 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
2797 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
2798 that makes sure to only show information about the most
2799 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
2800 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
2801 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
2802 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
2803 the old name to the new name.
2804
2805 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 2806 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
2807 coredumpctl without restrictions.
2808
2809 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
2810 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
2811 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
2812 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
2813 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
2814 "systemd-debug-generator".
2815
2816 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
2817 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
2818 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
2819 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
2820 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
2821 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
2822 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
2823 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
2824 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
2825 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
2826 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
2827
2828 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
2829 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
2830 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
2831 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
2832 been added to query many of these paths for the local
2833 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
2834
2835 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
2836 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
2837 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
2838 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
2839 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
2840
2841 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
2842 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
2843 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
2844 couple of drop-in directories.
2845
3058e017
TLSC
2846 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
2847 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
2848 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
2849 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
2850 for dev_port.
2851
c7435cc9
LP
2852 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
2853 container (read from /etc/os-release and
2854 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
2855 "machinectl status" for a machine.
2856
2857 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
2858 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
2859 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
2860 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
2861 Restart= setting.
2862
2863 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
2864 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
2865 directly connect to a specific container on the
2866 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
2867 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
2868 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
2869 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
2870 containers is a privileged operation.
2871
2872 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
2873 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
2874 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
2875 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
2876 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2877 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
2878 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2879 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
2880 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
2881 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
2882 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
2883 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2884
ccddd104 2885 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 2886
4196a3ea
KS
2887CHANGES WITH 214:
2888
2889 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
2890 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
2891 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
2892 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
2893 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
2894 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
2895 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
2896 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
2897 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 2898 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 2899 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 2900 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 2901 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
2902 devices are excluded from this logic.
2903
04e91da2
LP
2904 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
2905 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
2906 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
2907 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
2908 change has been released.
2909
2910 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 2911 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
2912 libattr is thus unnecessary.
2913
2914 * Virtualization detection works without priviliges now. This
2915 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
2916 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 2917 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
2918
2919 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
2920 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
2921 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
2922 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
2923
a8eaaee7 2924 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
2925 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
2926
a8eaaee7 2927 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
2928 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
2929
2930 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 2931 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
2932 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
2933
2934 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
2935 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 2936 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
2937 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
2938 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 2939 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 2940
cd14eda3 2941 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
2942 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
2943 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 2944
ef392da6 2945 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 2946 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
2947 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
2948 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
2949 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
2950 modifications of user data or system files from
2951 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
2952 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
2953
2954 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
2955 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
2956 and FIFOs in the file system.
2957
8d0e0ddd 2958 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
2959 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
2960 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
2961
2962 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
2963 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 2964 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 2965 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
2966 the socket itself.
2967
2968 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
2969 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
2970 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
2971 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
2972 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
2973 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
2974 symlinks, and nothing else.
2975
2976 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
2977 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
2978 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
2979 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
2980 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
2981 process (for example, the parent process). The
2982 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
2983 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
2984 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
2985 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
2986 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
2987 messages to services when the originating process already
2988 vanished.
2989
2990 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 2991 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
2992 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
2993 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
2994 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
2995 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
2996 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
2997 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
2998 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
2999 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3000 all long-running services.
3001
3002 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3003 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3004 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3005 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3006 service.
3007
3008 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3009 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3010 applied to all submounts, too.
3011
3012 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3013
3014 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3015 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3016 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3017 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3018 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3019 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3020 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3021
cc98b302 3022 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3023 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3024 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3025 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3026 (domU) domains.
3027
3028 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3029 files or entire directories.
3030
3031 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3032 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3033 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3034 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3035 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3036
3037 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3038 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3039 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3040 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3041 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3042 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3043 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3044 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3045 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3046 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3047 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3048 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3049
3050 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3051 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3052 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3053 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3054
3055 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3056 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3057 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3058 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3059 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3060 non-directories.
3061
3062 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3063 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3064 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3065
4c0d13bd
LP
3066 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3067 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3068 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3069 this group.
3070
dc1d6c02
LP
3071 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3072 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3073 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3074 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3075 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3076 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3077 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3078
ccddd104 3079 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3080
6936cd89
LP
3081CHANGES WITH 213:
3082
3083 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3084 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3085 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3086 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3087 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3088 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3089 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3090 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3091 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3092 client should be more than appropriate for most
3093 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3094 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3095 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3096 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3097 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3098 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3099 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3100 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3101 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3102 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3103 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3104
69beda1f
KS
3105 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3106 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3107 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3108 part of a different namespace.
3109
3110 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3111 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3112 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3113 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3114
3115 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3116 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3117 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3118
3119 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3120 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3121 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3122 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3123 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3124 restart the service in question.
3125
3126 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3127 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3128 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3129 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3130 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3131
3132 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3133 graphs it generates.
3134
3135 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3136 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3137 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3138 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3139 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3140
3141 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3142
3143 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3144 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3145 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3146 what it was on SysV systems.
3147
3148 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3149 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3150
3151 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3152 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3153 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3154 files.
3155
3156 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3157 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3158 to show these addresses in its output.
3159
3160 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3161 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3162 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3163 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3164 preferred over a text one.
3165
3166 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3167 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3168 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3169 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3170 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3171 mDNS cache.
3172
68dd0956
TG
3173 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3174 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3175 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3176 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3177 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3178
6936cd89 3179 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3180 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3181 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3182 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3183 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3184
8e7acf67
LP
3185 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3186 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3187 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3188 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3189 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3190 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3191 overrides any other settings.
3192
3193 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3194 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3195 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3196 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3197 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3198 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3199 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3200 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3201 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3202 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3203 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3204 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3205 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3206 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3207 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3208 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3209 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3210
ccddd104 3211 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3212
51c61cda
LP
3213CHANGES WITH 212:
3214
3215 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3216 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3217 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3218 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3219 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3220 by accident.
3221
3222 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3223 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3224 registered with machined.
3225
3226 * sd-login gained new calls
3227 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3228 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3229 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3230 counterparts.
3231
3232 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3233 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3234 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3235 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3236 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3237 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3238 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3239 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3240 once.
3241
3242 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3243 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3244 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3245
3246 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3247 units on all local containers, when used with the
3248 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3249 executed when no parameters are specified).
3250
3251 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3252 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3253 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3254 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3255
3256 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3257 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3258 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3259 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3260 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3261 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3262
3263 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3264 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3265 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3266 of the container.
3267
3268 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3269 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3270 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3271 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3272 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3273 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3274 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3275 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3276
3277 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3278 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3279 instead of /.
3280
3281 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3282 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3283 emergency messages now.
3284
3285 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
3286 journal log messages across the network.
3287
3288 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
3289 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
3290 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
3291 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
3292 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
3293 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
3294 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
3295
3296 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
3297 down a local OS container.
3298
3299 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
3300 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
3301 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
3302
3303 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
3304 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
3305 this is appropriate.
3306
3307 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 3308 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
3309 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
3310
3311 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
3312 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
3313 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
3314 for debugging purposes.
3315
3316 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
3317 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
3318 in seconds.
3319
3320 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
3321 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
3322 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
3323 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
3324 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
3325 like on traditional inetd.
3326
3327 * A new system.conf configuration option
3328 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
3329 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
3330
b8bde116 3331 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3332 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
3333 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
3334 do these days).
3335
b8bde116 3336 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3337 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
3338 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
3339 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
3340 could not take place because the system was powered off.
3341 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
3342
3343 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
3344 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
3345 it will be triggered.
3346
3347 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
3348 addresses to its local interfaces.
3349
3350 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
3351 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
3352 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
3353 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
3354 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
3355 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
3356 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
3357 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
3358 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3359
ccddd104 3360 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 3361
699b6b34
LP
3362CHANGES WITH 211:
3363
3364 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
3365 added to restrict which socket address families unit
3366 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
3367 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
3368 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
3369 is built on seccomp system call filters.
3370
3371 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
3372 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
3373 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
3374 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
3375 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
3376 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
3377 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
3378 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 3379 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
3380
3381 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
3382 matching against device group names.
3383
3384 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
3385 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
3386 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
3387 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 3388 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
3389 though.
3390
3391 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
3392 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
3393 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 3394 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
3395 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3396 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
3397 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
3398 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 3399 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
3400
3401 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
3402 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
3403 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3404 (see above). This means that installations made with
3405 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
3406 deployed using container managers, completely
3407 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
3408 this feature soon, too.)
3409
3410 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
3411 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 3412 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
3413 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
3414
3415 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
3416 using IPv4LL.
3417
3418 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
3419 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
3420 systemd-networkd.
3421
3422 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
3423 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
3424 still not a public API though (unless you specify
3425 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
3426 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
3427
3428 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
3429 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
3430 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 3431 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
3432 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
3433 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
3434 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
3435 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
3436 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
3437 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
3438 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 3439 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
3440 users.
3441
3442 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
3443 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
3444 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
3445 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
3446 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
3447 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
3448 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
3449 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
3450 due to a closed lid.
3451
3452 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
3453 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
3454 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
3455 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 3456 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
3457 order to then act as suspend blocker.
3458
3459 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
3460 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
3461 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
3462 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
3463 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
3464
3465 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
3466 now also work in --scope mode.
3467
3468 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
3469 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
3470 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
3471 promises are made.)
3472
3473 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
3474 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3475 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
3476 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
3477 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
3478 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
3479 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
3480 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
3481 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
3482 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3483
ccddd104 3484 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 3485
43c71255
LP
3486CHANGES WITH 210:
3487
3488 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
3489 according to SMACK rules.
3490
67dd87c5 3491 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
3492 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
3493
3494 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
3495 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
3496 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
3497
3498 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
3499 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
3500 and machine ID.
3501
ed28905e 3502 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 3503 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 3504 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
3505 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
3506 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 3507 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 3508 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 3509 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
3510 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
3511 backpack or similar.
3512
3513 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
3514 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 3515 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 3516 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
3517 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
3518 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
3519 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3520 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3521 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3522 this on its own.
3523
3524 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3525 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3526 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3527 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3528
3529 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3530 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3531 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3532 --network-bridge= switches.
3533
3534 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3535 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3536 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3537 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3538 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3539 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3540 each configuration option.
3541
3542 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 3543 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 3544 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 3545 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
3546 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3547
3548 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3549 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3550 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3551 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3552 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3553
3554 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3555 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3556 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3557 default however.
3558
b8bde116 3559 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
3560 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3561 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 3562 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
3563 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3564 them with systemd-networkd.
3565
d27893ef
LP
3566 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3567 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3568 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 3569 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
3570 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3571 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 3572 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
3573 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3574 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 3575 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 3576 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
3577 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3578 during a transitional period!
3579
13b28d82 3580 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
3581 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3582 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3583 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3584 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3585 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3586 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3587 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3588
ccddd104 3589 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 3590
e49b5aad
LP
3591CHANGES WITH 209:
3592
3593 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3594 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
3595 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3596 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 3597 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
3598 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
3599 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 3600 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 3601 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 3602 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
3603 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
3604 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
3605
3606 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 3607 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
3608 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
3609 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 3610 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
3611
3612 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
3613 shutdown/boot.
3614
8b7d0494
JSJ
3615 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
3616 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
3617
3618 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
3619 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 3620 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
3621 prepared for additional security frameworks.
3622
3623 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
3624 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 3625 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 3626 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 3627 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
3628 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
3629
dfb08b05
ZJS
3630 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
3631 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
3632 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 3633 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
3634 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
3635 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
3636 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
3637 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
3638 be adapated to override 99-default.link instead.
3639
e49b5aad 3640 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 3641 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
3642
3643 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
3644 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
3645 implementation.
3646
3647 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 3648 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
3649 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
3650 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
3651 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
3652 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
3653 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
3654 and .service units.
3655
3656 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
3657 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
3658 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
3659
8b7d0494 3660 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 3661 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 3662 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
3663 nothing makes use of it.
3664
3665 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
3666 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
3667 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
3668
3669 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
3670 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
3671 compatibility purposes.
3672
3673 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
3674 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
3675 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 3676 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
3677 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
3678 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
3679 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
3680 process handling.
3681
3682 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
3683 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
3684 style to "sd-bus.h".
3685
7e95eda5
PF
3686 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
3687 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
3688 "systemd-networkd".
3689
4c2413bf 3690 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
3691 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
3692 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
3693 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
3694 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
3695
3696 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
3697 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
3698 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
3699 PID1's support for that anymore.
3700
8b7d0494 3701 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
3702 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
3703
3704 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
3705 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
3706 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
3707 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
3708 container that is registered with machined, such as those
3709 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
3710
3711 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 3712 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
3713 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
3714 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
3715
3716 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
3717 login in any local container. This works with any container
3718 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 3719 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
3720
3721 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
3722 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
3723 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
3724 system of some kind.
3725
3726 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
3727 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
3728 next.
3729
3730 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
3731 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
3732 reboot() system call.
3733
3734 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
3735 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 3736 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
3737 still available but not advertised anymore.
3738
e49b5aad
LP
3739 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
3740 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 3741 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
3742 within each Unit.
3743
270f1624
LP
3744 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
3745 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 3746 the kernel).
e49b5aad 3747
4670e9d5 3748 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
3749 timestamps (following the setting in
3750 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
3751
3752 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
3753 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
3754
3755 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
3756 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
3757
3758 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
3759 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
3760 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
3761
3762 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
3763 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
3764 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
3765 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
3766
3767 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
3768 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
3769 those commands which take multiple unit names.
3770
3771 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
3772
3773 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
3774 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
3775
4c2413bf 3776 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
3777 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
3778 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
3779 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
3780
3781 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
3782 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
3783 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
3784 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
3785
e49b5aad
LP
3786 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
3787 of the legend text.
3788
3789 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
3790 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
3791 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
3792 remote sessions.
3793
8e420494
LP
3794 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
3795 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
3796
3797 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
3798 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
3799 the system manager.
3800
1e190502 3801 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
3802 short description of the connection parameters in the
3803 description.
3804
4c2413bf 3805 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 3806 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 3807 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
3808 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
3809 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
3810 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
3811 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 3812
c0c5af00 3813 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 3814 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 3815 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
3816 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
3817 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
3818 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 3819 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 3820 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
3821 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
3822
6300b3ec
LP
3823 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
3824 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
3825 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
3826 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
3827 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
3828 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 3829 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 3830 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
3831 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
3832 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
3833 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
3834 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
3835 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
3836 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
3837 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
3838 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
3839 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
3840 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
3841 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 3842 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 3843 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
3844 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
3845 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
3846
8b7d0494 3847 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 3848 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
3849 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
3850 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
3851 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 3852 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
3853 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
3854 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 3855 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 3856 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
3857 APIs.
3858
3859 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 3860 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 3861 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
3862 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
3863 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
3864 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 3865
81c7dd89 3866 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 3867 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 3868 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 3869 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 3870 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
3871 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
3872 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
3873 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
3874 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
3875 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
3876 one of them is updated.
3877
e49b5aad 3878 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 3879 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
3880 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
3881 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
3882 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
3883
3884 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
3885 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
3886 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 3887 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 3888 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
3889 entry points.
3890
3891 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
3892 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
3893 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
3894 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 3895 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
3896
3897 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 3898 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
3899 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
3900 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
3901
1e190502
ZJS
3902 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
3903 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
3904 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 3905
1e190502
ZJS
3906 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
3907 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
3908 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
3909
3910 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
3911 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 3912 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
3913
3914 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
3915 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
3916
3917 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 3918 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 3919 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 3920 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
3921 all remaining processes of the service.
3922
4c2413bf
JE
3923 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
3924 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
3925 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
3926 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
3927 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 3928 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
3929 manager process which created them takes no further
3930 responsibilities for it.
3931
1e190502 3932 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
3933 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
3934 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
3935 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
3936 marked executable or world-writable.
3937
3938 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 3939 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
3940 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
3941 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
3942
3943 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
3944 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 3945 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 3946 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
3947
3948 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
3949 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 3950 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
3951 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
3952
3953 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
3954 with specific SELinux labels set.
3955
3956 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
3957 any additional output but the container's own console
3958 output.
3959
3960 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
3961 container without PID namespacing enabled.
3962
3963 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 3964 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 3965 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
3966 OS images, but only specific apps.
3967
3968 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 3969 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 3970 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 3971 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
3972
3973 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
3974 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 3975 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
3976 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
3977 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
3978 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 3979
6afc95b7
LP
3980 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
3981 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 3982 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
3983 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
3984 units to use.
6afc95b7 3985
e49b5aad
LP
3986 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
3987 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
3988 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
3989 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
3990
3991 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
3992 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
3993 context for a service.
3994
3995 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
3996 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
3997 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
3998 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
3999 influence this logic.
4000
4001 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4002 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4003 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4004 other things.
4005
4c2413bf 4006 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4007 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4008 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4009 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4010 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4011 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4012 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4013 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4014 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4015 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4016
210054d7
KS
4017 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4018 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4019
e49b5aad
LP
4020 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4021 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4022 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4023 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4024 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4025 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4026 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4027 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4028 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4029 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4030 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4031 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4032 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4033 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4034 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4035 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4036 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4037 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4038 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4039 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4040 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4041 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4042 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4043 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4044
ccddd104 4045 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4046
cd4010b3
LP
4047CHANGES WITH 208:
4048
4049 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4050 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4051 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4052 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4053 access input and drm devices which are normally
4054 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4055 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4056 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4057 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4058 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4059 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4060 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4061 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4062
4063 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4064 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4065 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4066
4067 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4068 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4069 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4070 kernel version number.
4071
4072 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4073 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4074 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4075
4076 * This release removes high-level support for the
4077 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4078 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4079 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4080 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4081
4082 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4083 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4084 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4085 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4086 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4087 cgroup system.
4088
4089 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4090 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4091 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4092 logs among other things.
4093
4094 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4095 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4096 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4097 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4098 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4099 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4100 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4101 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4102 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4103 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4104 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4105 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4106 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4107 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4108 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4109 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4110 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4111 not delayed until next reboot.
4112
4113 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4114 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4115 systemd generated files in one directory.
4116
4117 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4118 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4119 performance information if that's available to determine how
4120 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4121 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4122 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4123
4124 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4125 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4126 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4127 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4128 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4129 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4130 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4131
ccddd104 4132 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4133
4f0be680
LP
4134CHANGES WITH 207:
4135
4136 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4137 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4138 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4139 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4140
4141 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4142 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4143 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4144 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4145 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4146
4147 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4148 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4149
4150 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4151 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4152 maximum number of tries.
4153
4154 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4155 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4156 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4157
4158 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4159 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4160
4161 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4162 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4163 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4164
f3a165b0
KS
4165 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4166 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4167 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4168
4169 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4170 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4171 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4172 and type).
4173
f3a165b0 4174 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4175 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4176
4177 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4178 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4179 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4180 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4181
4182 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4183 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4184 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4185 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4186 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4187 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4188 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4189 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4190
4191 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4192 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4193 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4194 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4195
387abf80
LP
4196 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4197 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4198 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4199 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4200 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4201 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4202 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4203
4f0be680
LP
4204 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4205 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4206
4207 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4208 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4209 automatically after the process terminated.
4210
4211 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4212 certain paths from operation.
4213
4214 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4215 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4216 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4217
4218 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4219 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4220 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4221 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4222 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4223 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4224 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4225 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4226 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4227 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4228 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4229 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4230 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4231
ccddd104 4232 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4233
408f281b
LP
4234CHANGES WITH 206:
4235
4236 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4237 concepts introduced with 205.
4238
4239 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4240 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4241 -r".
4242
4243 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4244 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4245 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4246
4247 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4248 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4249 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4250 the journal.
4251
4252 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4253 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4254 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4255
4256 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4257 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4258 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4259 browsing logs from that point on.
4260
4261 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4262 of an FSS key.
4263
251cc819
LP
4264 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4265 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4266 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4267 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4268 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4269 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4270 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4271 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4272 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4273 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4274 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4275 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4276 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4277 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4278
4279 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4280 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
4281 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer whithout loading the
4282 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4283
4284 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
4285 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
4286
4287 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
4288 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
4289
251cc819
LP
4290 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
4291 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
4292
4293 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
4294
4295 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
4296 support for passing performance data via environment
4297 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
4298 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
4299 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
4300 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
4301 deserialize it again.
4302
28f5c779
KS
4303 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
4304 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
4305 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
4306 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 4307
251cc819
LP
4308 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
4309 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
4310 completely silent shutdown when used.
4311
4312 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
4313 option in .socket units.
4314
4315 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
4316 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
4317 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
4318 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
4319 system.slice as before.
4320
4321 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
4322
4323 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
4324 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
4325 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4326 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
4327 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
4328 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
4329 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4330
ccddd104 4331 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 4332
00aa832b
LP
4333CHANGES WITH 205:
4334
4335 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
4336
4337 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 4338 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
4339 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
4340 possible for system services and applications to group their
4341 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
4342 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
4343 together, or apply resource limits on them.
4344
4345 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 4346 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
4347 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
4348 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
4349 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
4350
4351 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
4352 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
4353 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
4354 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
4355
4356 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
4357 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
4358 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
4359 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
4360 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
4361 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
4362 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
4363 and useful as a general batch manager.
4364
4365 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
4366 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
4367 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
4368 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
4369 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
4370 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
4371 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
4372 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
4373 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
4374 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
4375
4376 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
4377 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
4378 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
4379 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
4380 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
4381 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
4382 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
4383 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
4384 is compile-time optional.
4385
4386 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
4387 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
4388 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
4389 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
4390 well as slice units.
4391
4392 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
4393 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
4394 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
4395 but will be extended later on to make more properties
4396 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
4397 command that wraps this call.
4398
4399 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
4400 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
4401 while configuring a number of settings via the command
4402 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
4403 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
4404 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
4405 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
4406
4407 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
4408 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
4409 off audit.
4410
4411 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
4412 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
4413
4414 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4415 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
4416 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
4417 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
4418
4419 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
4420 snippets extending unit files.
4421
4422 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
4423 not available as public API.
4424
4425 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 4426 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
4427 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
4428
4429 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
4430 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
4431 controls what to boot into by default.
4432
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4433 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
4434 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
4435
00aa832b
LP
4436 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
4437 generators needed for execution, as well as information
4438 about the unit file loading.
4439
00aa832b
LP
4440 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
4441 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
4442 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
4443 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
4444 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
4445 racy due to journal file rotation.
4446
4447 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
4448 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
4449 all services.
4450
4451 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
4452 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
4453 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
4454 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
4455 system services want to log events about specific client
4456 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
4457 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
4458 unit is requested.
4459
4460 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
4461 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
4462 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
4463 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
4464 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
4465 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4466 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
4467 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
4468 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
4469 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
4470 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4471 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4472 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
4473
606c24e3
LP
4474CHANGES WITH 204:
4475
4476 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
4477 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
4478
4479 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
4480 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
4481 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
4482
4483 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
4484 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4485
2f3fcf85
LP
4486CHANGES WITH 203:
4487
4488 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
4489 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
4490
4491 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
4492 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
4493 fields, including the root directory.
4494
4495 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
4496 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 4497 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
4498 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
4499 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
4500 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
4501 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
4502 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
4503 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
4504 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
4505 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
4506
4507 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
4508 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
4509
4510 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
4511 have taken an inhibitor lock.
4512
4513 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
4514 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
4515 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
4516 the local hostname.
4517
4518 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
4519 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4520 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4521 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4522 VMs/containers coming and going.
4523
4524 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4525 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4526 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4527
4528 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4529 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4530 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4531 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4532
4533 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4534 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4535 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4536
4537 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4538 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4539 services. With the container's root directory in
4540 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4541 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4542
4543 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4544 the processes within a certain container.
4545
4546 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4547 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4548 check though. Patches welcome!
4549
4550 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4551 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4552 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4553 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4554 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4555
4556 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4557 the passed argument if applicable.
4558
4559 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4560 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4561 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4562 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4563 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4564 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4565 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4566 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4567
ef3b5246
LP
4568CHANGES WITH 202:
4569
4570 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4571 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4572 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4573 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4574 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4575 units activate.
4576
4577 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4578 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4579 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4580 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4581 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4582 for now, and not installable.
4583
4584 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4585 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4586 can run in conjunction with udev.
4587
4588 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4589 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4590 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4591 session manager.
4592
4593 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4594 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4595 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4596 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4597 services, user processes and containers/virtual
4598 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
4599 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 4600 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
4601 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
4602 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
4603 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
4604
4605 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
4606
4607 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
4608 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
4609 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
4610 logical expressions.
4611
4612 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
4613 switches.
4614
4615 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
4616 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 4617 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
4618 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
4619 the user.
4620
cbeabcfb
ZJS
4621 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
4622 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
4623 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
4624 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
4625 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
4626 an entry.
4627
ef3b5246
LP
4628 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
4629 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4630 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
4631 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
4632 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
4633 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4634
d3a86981
LP
4635CHANGES WITH 201:
4636
4637 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
4638 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
4639 directory.
4640
4641 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
4642 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
4643 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
4644 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
4645 problem.
4646
4647 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
4648 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
4649 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
4650 before the key file is attempted to be read.
4651
4652 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
4653 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
4654
4655 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
4656 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
4657 files in this context are files such as
4658 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
4659
4660 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
4661 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
4662 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
4663 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
4664 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
4665 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
4666
4667 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
4668 hostnames.
4669
4670 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
4671 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
4672 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
4673 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
4674 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
4675 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
4676 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
4677 all time-related output of systemd.
4678
4679 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
4680 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
4681 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
4682 loops.
4683
4684 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
4685 (models, layouts, variants, options).
4686
4687 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
4688 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 4689 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
4690 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
4691 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
4692
4693 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
4694 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
4695 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
4696 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
4697 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
4698 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
4699 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
4700
9ca3c17f
LP
4701CHANGES WITH 200:
4702
4703 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
4704 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
4705 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
4706 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
4707 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
4708 middle ground between physical and access time order.
4709
4710 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
4711 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
4712 images.
4713
4714 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
4715 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
4716 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4717
35911459
LP
4718CHANGES WITH 199:
4719
4720 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
4721
4722 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
4723 security policy.
4724
4725 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
4726 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
4727 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
4728 shared by all processes of a service (which means
4729 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
4730 the same service can still access). When a service is
4731 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 4732 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
4733 this though).
4734
4735 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
4736 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
4737 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
4738 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
4739 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
4740 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
4741
4742 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 4743 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
4744
4745 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
4746 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
4747
4748 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
4749
c20d8298 4750 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
4751 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
4752 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
4753 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
4754 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
4755
4756 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
4757 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
4758 system is to be mounted.
4759
4760 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
4761 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
4762 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
4763 purpose for socket units.
4764
6a7d3d68
LP
4765 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
4766 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
4767
a87197f5
ZJS
4768 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
4769 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 4770 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 4771 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
c20d8298
KS
4772 paralellism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
4773
35911459
LP
4774 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
4775 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
4776 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
4777 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
4778 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
4779 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
4780 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4781 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4782 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4783
85d68397
LP
4784CHANGES WITH 198:
4785
4786 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
4787 files without having to edit/override the unit files
4788 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
4789 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
4790 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 4791 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
4792 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
4793 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
4794 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
4795 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
4796 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
4797 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
4798 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
4799 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
4800 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 4801 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
4802 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
4803 for them too.
4804
4805 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 4806 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
4807 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
4808 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
4809 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
4810 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
4811 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
4812 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
4813 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
4814
4815 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
4816 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
4817
40e21da8 4818 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
4819 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
4820 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
4821 other users.
4822
4823 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
4824 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
4825 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
4826 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
4827 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 4828 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
4829 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
4830 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 4831 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
4832 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
4833 supported.
4834
4835 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
4836 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
4837 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
4838
4839 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
4840 call.
4841
6aa8d43a
LP
4842 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
4843 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
4844 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
4845 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
4846 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
4847 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
4848 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
4849 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
4850 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
4851 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
4852 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
4853 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
4854 also been removed.
85d68397 4855
40e21da8 4856 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 4857 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
4858 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
4859 objects themselves.
4860
4861 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
4862
4863 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
4864 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 4865 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
4866 to how this is supported in shells.
4867
4868 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
4869 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
4870 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
4871 user systemd instance.
4872
4873 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
4874 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
4875 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
4876 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
4877 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
4878 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
4879 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
4880 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
4881 one day for good in the kernel.
4882
4883 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
4884 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
4885 container.
4886
40e21da8 4887 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 4888 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
4889 the host into the container.
4890
4891 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
4892 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
4893 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
4894 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
4895 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
4896 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
4897
4898 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
4899
4900 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
4901 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
4902 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
4903 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
4904
4905 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
4906 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
4907 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
4908 system resume events.
4909
4910 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
4911 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 4912 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 4913 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
4914
4915 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
4916 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
4917 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
4918 card).
4919
4920 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
4921 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
4922 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
4923
bf933560
KS
4924 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
4925 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
4926 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
4927
4928 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
4929 now carry a message ID.
4930
4931 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
4932 continues to be work in progress.
4933
4934 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
4935 root directory to operate relative to.
4936
40e21da8
KS
4937 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
4938 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
4939 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
4940 times a little.
4941
4942 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
4943 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
4944 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
4945 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
4946 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
4947 request boot into firmware operations.
4948
4949 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
4950 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
4951 correctly in initrds.
4952
4953 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
4954 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
4955
4956 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
4957 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
4958
4959 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
4960 the status of all active or failed units.
4961
4962 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
4963 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
4964 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 4965 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
4966 requests more robust.
4967
4968 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
4969 reading journal files.
4970
4971 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
4972 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
4973
4974 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
4975
4976 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 4977 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
4978
4979 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
4980 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
4981 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
4982 socket activation in daemons.
4983
4984 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
4985 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
4986
43447fb7
LP
4987 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
4988 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
4989 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
4990
85d68397 4991 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 4992 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
4993 system units.
4994
4995 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
4996 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
4997 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
4998
4999 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5000 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5001 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5002 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5003 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5004 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5005 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5006 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5007 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5008 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5009 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5010 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5011 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5012 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5013 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5014 package installation time.
5015
5016 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5017 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5018 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5019 installation time.
5020
5021 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5022 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5023
5024 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5025
40e21da8
KS
5026 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5027 available.
85d68397 5028
1aed4590
LP
5029 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5030 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5031
85d68397
LP
5032 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5033 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5034 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5035 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5036 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5037 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5038 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5039 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5040 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5041 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5042 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5043 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5044 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5045 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5046
8ad26859
LP
5047CHANGES WITH 197:
5048
5049 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5050 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5051 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5052 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5053 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5054 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5055 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5056 the supported calendar time specification language see
5057 systemd.time(7).
5058
5059 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5060 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5061 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5062 document for details:
5063
5064 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5065
5066 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5067 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5068 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5069 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5070 dependencies.
5071
5072 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5073 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5074 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5075 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5076 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5077 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5078 with a configure switch.
5079
5080 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5081 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5082 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5083 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5084 such as ext4.
5085
5086 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5087 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5088 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5089
5090 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5091 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5092
5093 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5094 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5095 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5096 using only core OS tools.
5097
5098 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5099 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5100 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5101 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5102 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5103 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5104 eventually.
5105
5106 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5107 presenting log data.
5108
5109 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
5110 a unit if a the control group is empty anyway.
5111
5112 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5113 system on idle.
5114
5115 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5116 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5117 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5118 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5119 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5120 information if possible.
5121
5122 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5123 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5124 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5125
5126 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5127 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5128 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5129 is running on battery power.
5130
5131 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5132 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5133 is in the "failed" state.
5134
5135 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5136 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5137 environment files at once.
5138
5139 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5140 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5141 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5142 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5143 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5144 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5145 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5146 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5147 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5148 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5149 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5150 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5151 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5152
5153 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5154 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5155
5156 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5157 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5158
5159 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5160 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5161 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5162 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5163 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5164 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5165 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5166 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5167 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5168 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5169 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5170 shipped from us upstream.
5171
5172 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5173 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5174 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5175 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5176 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5177 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5178 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5179 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5180 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5181 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5182 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5183 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5184 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5185
0428ddb7
LP
5186CHANGES WITH 196:
5187
5188 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5189 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5190 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5191 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5192 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5193 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5194 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5195 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5196 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5197 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5198 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5199 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5200 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5201 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5202 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5203 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5204 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5205 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5206 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5207
5208 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5209 indexed database to link up additional information with
5210 journal entries. For further details please check:
5211
5212 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5213
5214 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5215 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5216 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5217 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5218 macro for this purpose.
5219
5220 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5221 Python logging framework.
5222
5223 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5224 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5225 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5226 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5227 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5228 time intervals.
5229
5230 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5231 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5232 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5233
5234 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5235 right-away on the selected coredump.
5236
5237 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5238 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5239 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5240
5241 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5242 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5243 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5244 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5245
5246 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5247 default.
5248
5249 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5250 SMACK security label.
5251
5252 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5253 daylight saving change.
5254
5255 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5256 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5257 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5258 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5259 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5260 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5261 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5262
5263 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5264 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5265 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5266 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5267 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5268 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5269 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5270 PolicyKit is not around.
5271
5272 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5273 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5274
5275 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5276 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5277 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5278 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5279 offline updating tools.
5280
5281 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5282 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5283 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5284 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
5285 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
5286 directories for packages to place various data files in.
5287
5288 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
5289 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
5290
5291 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
5292 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5293 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
5294 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5295 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
5296 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
5297 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
5298 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
5299 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5300
139ee8cc
LP
5301CHANGES WITH 195:
5302
6827101a 5303 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
5304 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
5305 units via --unit=/-u.
5306
6827101a 5307 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
5308 right thing.
5309
5310 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
5311 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
5312 rotation.
5313
5314 * The journal will now index the available field values for
5315 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
5316 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
5317 completion of journalctl has been updated
5318 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
5319 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
5320
5321 * More service events are now written as structured messages
5322 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
5323
5324 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
5325 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
5326 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
5327 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
5328 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
5329 these settings from the command line now, especially since
5330 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
5331 completion.
5332
5333 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
5334 extract coredumps from the journal.
5335
5336 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
5337 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
5338 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
5339 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
5340 scratch their heads.
5341
5342 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
5343 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
5344
5345 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
5346 in immediate termination of systemd.
5347
5348 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
5349 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
5350
5351 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
5352 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
5353 mouse screen support has been added.
5354
5355 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
5356 Server-Sent-Events as output.
5357
1cb88f2c 5358 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
5359 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
5360 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
5361 "systemctl reload".
5362
15f47220 5363 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
5364 -u" instead.
5365
5366 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
5367 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
5368 configured.
5369
5370 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
5371 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
5372
5373 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
5374 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
5375 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
5376 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
5377 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
5378 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
5379 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 5380
f9b55720
LP
5381CHANGES WITH 194:
5382
5383 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
5384 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
5385 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
5386 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
5387 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
5388 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
5389 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
5390 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
5391 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
5392 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
5393 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
5394 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
5395
5396 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
5397 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
5398 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5399
597c52cf
LP
5400CHANGES WITH 193:
5401
5402 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
5403 starting from the specified location in the journal.
5404
5405 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
5406 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
5407 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
5408
5409 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
5410 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
5411 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
5412 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
5413 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
5414 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
5415 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
5416
5417 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
5418 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
5419
5420 This will download the journal contents in a
5421 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
5422
5423 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
5424
5425 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
5426 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
5427 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
5428 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
5429 screenshot of this app in its current state:
5430
5431 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
5432
5433 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
5434 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
5435
075d4ecb
LP
5436CHANGES WITH 192:
5437
5438 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
5439 too.
5440
d28315e4 5441 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
5442 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
5443 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 5444 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
5445 just start them.
5446
5447 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
5448 and line break accordingly.
5449
597c52cf
LP
5450 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5451 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 5452
b6a86739
LP
5453CHANGES WITH 191:
5454
5455 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
5456 container environment, copying the host's timezone
5457 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
5458 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
5459 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
5460
5461 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
5462 will default to 10 if omitted.
5463
5464 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
5465 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
5466 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
5467 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 5468 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
5469
5470 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
5471 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
5472 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
5473 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
5474 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
5475 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 5476 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
5477
5478 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
5479 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 5480 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 5481 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
5482 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
5483 into two.
5484
597c52cf
LP
5485 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
5486 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 5487
0c11f949
LP
5488CHANGES WITH 190:
5489
d28315e4 5490 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
5491 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
5492 "systemctl status".
5493
5494 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
5495 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 5496 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
5497 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
5498 field.)
5499
5500 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
5501 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
5502 default.
5503
5504 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
5505 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
5506 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
5507 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
5508 in a container.
5509
5510 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
5511 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
5512 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
5513 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
5514 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
5515 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
5516
5517 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
5518 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
5519 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5520 no-op.
5521
5522 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5523 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5524 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5525 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5526 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5527
5528 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5529 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5530
5531 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5532 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5533 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5534 command.
5535
5536 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5537 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5538 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5539
5540 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5541
5542 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5543 multiple files at once.
5544
5545 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5546 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5547 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5548 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5549 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5550 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5551 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5552
a98d5d64
LP
5553 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5554 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5555 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
5556
5557 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5558 dir: %_presetdir.
5559
d28315e4 5560 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 5561 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
5562
5563 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5564 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5565 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5566 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5567 anymore.
5568
aaccc32c 5569 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
5570 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5571 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5572 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5573
5574 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5575 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5576 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5577
5578 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5579 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5580 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5581 sockets.
5582
5583 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5584 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5585 is changed.
5586
5587 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5588 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5589 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5590 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5591 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 5592 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
5593 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5594
5595 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5596
5597 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
5598 the unit file label and client process label into account.
5599
aad803af
LP
5600 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
5601 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
5602
5603 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
5604 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
5605 (%b).
5606
b6a86739 5607 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
5608 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
5609 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5610 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5611 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
5612 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5613 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5614
38a60d71
LP
5615CHANGES WITH 189:
5616
5617 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
5618 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
5619
5620 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
5621 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
5622 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
5623 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
5624 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
5625 syslog daemons again.
5626
5627 * The libudev API gained the new
5628 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
5629
5630 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
5631 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
5632 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
5633 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
5634
5635 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
5636 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
5637 container.
5638
5639 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
5640 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
5641 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
5642 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
5643 this explaining it in more detail.
5644
5645 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
5646 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
5647 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
5648 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
5649
5650 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
5651 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
5652 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
5653 journal files.
5654
5655 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
5656 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
5657 as container init process a lot more fun.
5658
5659 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
5660 entries.
5661
5662 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
5663 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
5664 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
5665 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
5666 different sets of services.
5667
5668 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
5669 failure state.
5670
b6a86739 5671 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
5672 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
5673 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5674
c269cec3
LP
5675CHANGES WITH 188:
5676
5677 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
5678 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
5679 tree a lot more organized.
5680
5681 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
5682 may be used to group services in a natural way.
5683
5684 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
5685 services.
5686
5687 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
5688 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
5689 filtering by log level now.
5690
5691 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
5692 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
5693 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
5694
ab06eef8 5695 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
5696 command lines involving service unit names.
5697
5698 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
5699 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
5700
5701 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
5702 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
5703 and encodes structured information about the error number.
5704
5705 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
5706 option.
5707
5708 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
5709 a shutdown is cancelled.
5710
5711 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
5712 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
5713 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
5714 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
5715 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
5716
5717 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
5718 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
5719 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
5720 for display managers instead.
5721
5722 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
5723 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
5724 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
5725 protection, and suchlike.
5726
5727 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
5728 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
5729 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
5730 the service.
5731
5732 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
5733 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
5734 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
5735 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
5736 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
5737 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5738
c4f1b862
LP
5739CHANGES WITH 187:
5740
5741 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
5742 pages.
5743
5744 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
5745 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
5746 data loss.
5747
c269cec3 5748 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
5749 option.
5750
5751 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
5752
5753 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
5754 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
5755
5756 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
5757 specific directory.
5758
5759 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
5760 messages of two different boots.
5761
5762 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
5763 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
5764 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
5765
5766 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
5767 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
5768 disjunctions.
5769
5770 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
5771 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
5772 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
5773
5774 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
5775 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
5776 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
5777
5778 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
5779 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
5780 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
5781 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
5782 speed things up a bit.
5783
5784 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
5785 header data of journal files.
5786
5787 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
5788 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
5789 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
5790
5791 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
5792 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
5793 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
5794 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
5795
5796 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
5797
5798 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
5799 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
5800 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5801 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5802
b5b4c94a
LP
5803CHANGES WITH 186:
5804
5805 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
5806 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
5807 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
5808 prefixed with rd.
5809
5810 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
5811 automatically generated at boot. Use:
5812
5813 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
5814
5815 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
5816
d1f9edaf 5817 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
5818
5819 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
5820 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
5821 as well.
5822
5823 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
5824 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
5825 in all appropriate directories automatically.
5826
5827 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
5828 does the right thing. Example:
5829
5830 udevadm info /dev/sda
5831 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
5832
5833 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
5834 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
5835 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
5836 running.
5837
5838 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
5839 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
5840
5841 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
5842 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
5843
5844 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
5845 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
5846 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
5847 files.
5848
5849 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
5850 be stopped that is not loaded.
5851
5852 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
5853
5854 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
5855
5856 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
5857 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
5858 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
5859 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
5860
5861 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
5862 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
5863 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
5864 completed initialization.
5865
5866 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
5867
5868 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
5869 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
5870 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
5871 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
5872 distributions.
5873
5874 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
5875 always valid when services log to the journal via
5876 STDOUT/STDERR.
5877
5878 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
5879 command line options we understand.
5880
5881 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
5882 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
5883
91ac7425 5884 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
5885 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
5886
5887 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
5888 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
5889 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
5890 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
5891
5892 systemctl status /home
5893 systemctl status /dev/sda
5894
5895 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
5896 system.conf parsing.
5897
5898 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
5899 Manager object.
5900
5901 * The Names= option is been removed from unit file parsing.
5902
5903 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
5904
5905 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
5906 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
5907 complete.
5908
5909 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
5910 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
5911 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
5912 systemd-fsck@.service.
5913
5914 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
5915 Manager object.
5916
5917 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
5918 work sensibly.
5919
5920 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
5921 we actually understand.
5922
5923 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
5924 additional capabilities to the container.
5925
5926 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 5927 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
5928 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
5929
5930 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
5931 the current boot only.
5932
5933 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
5934 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
5935
5936 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
5937 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
5938 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
5939 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
5940 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
5941
c4f1b862 5942 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 5943
2d938ac7
LP
5944 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
5945 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5946 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
5947 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 5948
2d197285 5949CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 5950
2d197285
KS
5951 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
5952 available.
5953
5954 * Several new man pages have been added.
5955
b5b4c94a
LP
5956 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
5957 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
5958 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
5959 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 5960
b5b4c94a
LP
5961 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
5962 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
5963
5964 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
5965 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5966 Matthias Clasen
5967
4c8cd173 5968CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 5969
4c8cd173
LP
5970 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
5971 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
5972
5973 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
5974 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
5975 daemon.
5976
5977 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
5978 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
5979
5980 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
5981 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
5982 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
5983 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
5984
ea5943d3 5985CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 5986
187076d4
LP
5987 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
5988 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
5989 and systemd's most recent version number.
5990
194bbe33
KS
5991 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
5992 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
5993 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
5994 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
5995 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 5996 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 5997
91cf7e5c 5998 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
5999 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6000 subsystems.
64661ee7 6001
2d13da88
KS
6002 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6003 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6004 used to subscribe to events.
6005
194bbe33
KS
6006 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6007 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6008 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6009 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6010 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6011 forked by udev rules.
6012
f13b388f
KS
6013 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6014 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6015 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6016 it.
6017
ea5943d3 6018 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6019 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6020 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6021 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6022 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6023
ea5943d3 6024 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6025 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6026
6027 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6028 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6029 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6030 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6031
ea5943d3
LP
6032 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6033 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6034 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6035 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6036 to be used as drop-in files.
6037
6038 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6039 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6040
6041 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6042 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6043 about this in more detail.
6044
6045 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
6046 (which prevously bind mounted these directories to their new
6047 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6048 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6049 from git history and add them downstream.
6050
6051 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6052 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6053 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6054 units.
6055
6056 * All smaller setup units (such as
6057 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6058 are run in a container and are skipped when
6059 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6060 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6061
6062 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6063 integrated, for details see:
6064 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6065
6066 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6067 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6068 messages.
6069
439d6dfd
LP
6070 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6071 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6072 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6073 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6074 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6075
6076 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6077 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6078 for all units started by PID 1.
6079
6080 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6081 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6082 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6083
3943231c
LP
6084 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6085 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6086
6087 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6088 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6089 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6090
6091 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6092 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6093 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6094 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6095 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6096 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6097
6098 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6099 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6100
6101 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6102
6103 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6104 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6105 so sexy.
6106
6107 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6108 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6109 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6110 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6111 patterns.
6112
6113 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6114 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6115 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6116 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6117
6118 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6119 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6120
6121 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6122 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6123 in systemd now.
6124
6125 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6126 ID on the command line.
6127
f8c0a2cb 6128 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6129 for an init system.
6130
6131 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6132 vt100.
6133
6134 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6135
6136 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6137 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6138
6139 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6140
6141 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6142 container in other hierarchies.
6143
6144 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6145 system.conf.
6146
6147 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6148
6149 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6150 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6151
d28315e4 6152 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6153 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6154
6155 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6156 locally generated journal files.
6157
6158 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6159
6160 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6161
79849bf9
LP
6162 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6163 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6164 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6165 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6166 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6167 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6168 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6169 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6170 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6171 Gundersen
6172
16f1239e 6173CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6174
16f1239e
LP
6175 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6176
6177 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6178 KVM or container configured UUID.
6179
6180 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6181
6182 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6183
ab06eef8 6184 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6185 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6186
6187 * sd-login.h is C++ comptaible again
6188
6189 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6190 folks
6191
6192 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6193 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6194 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6195
6196 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6197 configuration
6198
6199 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6200 free fashion
6201
6202 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6203 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6204 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6205 automatically generated data.
6206
6207 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6208 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6209 however.
6210
6211 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6212 tarball.
6213
6214 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6215 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6216 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6217 Reding
6218
437b7dee 6219CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6220
437b7dee
LP
6221 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6222
6223 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6224
6225 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6226
45afd519 6227 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6228 normal user logins.
6229
6230 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6231 Biebl
6232
204fa33c 6233CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6234
204fa33c
LP
6235 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6236
6237 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6238 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6239 xsltproc.
6240
6241 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6242 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6243 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6244
6245 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6246 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6247 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6248
6249 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6250
6251 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6252 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6253 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6254
e0d25329 6255CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6256
e0d25329
KS
6257 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6258 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6259 package update.
6260
b13df964
LP
6261 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6262 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6263 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6264
6265 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6266 complete.
6267
6268 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6269 understood to set system wide environment variables
6270 dynamically at boot.
6271
e9c1ea9d 6272 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6273
353e12c2
LP
6274 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6275 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6276 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6277 files.
6278
b13df964
LP
6279 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6280 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6281 William Douglas
6282
d26e4270 6283CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6284
d26e4270
LP
6285 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6286
6287 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
6288 "Result" D-Bus property.
6289
6290 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
6291 the next few releases.)
6292
6293 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
6294 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
6295 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
6296 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
6297
b13df964
LP
6298 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
6299 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
6300 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
6301
220a21d3 6302CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 6303
220a21d3
LP
6304 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6305 bugfixes.
6306
6307 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
6308 resource usage.
6309
6310 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
6311 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
6312 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
6313 journals by the respective users.
6314
6315 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
6316 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
6317 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
6318
6319 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
6320 client for all entries.
6321
6322 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
6323
6324 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
6325 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
6326
6327 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
6328 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
6329 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
6330 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
6331
6332 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
6333 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
6334 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
6335
6336 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
6337 journal along with meta data.
6338
6339 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
6340 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
6341 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
6342
6343 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
6344 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
6345 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
6346
6347 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
6348
6349 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
6350 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
6351 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
6352 or fsck.
6353
d28315e4 6354 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
6355 requested with new -k switch.
6356
6357 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6358 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
6359
6360CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 6361
220a21d3
LP
6362 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6363 bugfixes.
6364
6365 * The git repository moved to:
6366 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
6367 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
6368
6369 * First release with the journal
6370 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
6371
6372 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
6373 systemd-stdout-bridge.
6374
6375 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
6376
6377 * Many systemadm clean-ups
6378
6379 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
6380 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
6381 remote mounts.
6382
6383 * Added Mageia support
6384
6385 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
6386
6387 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
6388 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
6389 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
6390 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
6391 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
6392
6393 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
6394 of existing distributions.
6395
6396 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
6397 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
6398
6399 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
6400 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
6401 boot.
6402
6403 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
6404
6405 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
6406 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
6407 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
6408 among other things.
6409
6410 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
6411 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
6412
6413 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
6414
6415 * The build tree got reorganized and a the build system is a
6416 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
6417 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
6418
6419 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
6420 restored.
6421
6422 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
6423 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
6424 kmod
6425
d28315e4 6426 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
6427 of /usr/local by default.
6428
6429 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
6430 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
6431 in:
6432 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
6433
6434 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
6435 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
6436 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
6437 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
6438 supported anyway, and bad style).
6439
6440 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
6441 reloading of units together.
6442
4c8cd173 6443 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
6444 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
6445 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6446 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
6447 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek